Mercurial > hg > mpdl-xml-content
annotate DESpecs/DESpecs_text.tex @ 10:d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
author | Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de> |
---|---|
date | Thu, 02 May 2013 11:08:12 +0200 |
parents | 2531dd8fe4ba |
children | f9a6b8344c3a |
rev | line source |
---|---|
8 | 1 %!TEX TS-program = xelatex |
2 %!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode | |
3 %!TEX root = ../DESpecs.tex | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
4 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
5 \section{File Conventions} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
6 \label{section file conventions} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
7 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
8 \begin{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
9 Save the text in plain text format (§.txt§) with Unicode §utf-8§ encoding. If the text is saved in more than one file, number the parts, for example §Euclid_part_001.txt§, §Euclid_part_002.txt§, and so on. Create a §zip§ archive from all files. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
10 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
11 We will also need the list of unknown characters (see \sect{section unknown characters}). If the list is handwritten, scan it and save it as PDF file. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
12 \end{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
13 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
14 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
15 \section{General Markup} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
16 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
17 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
18 \subsection{Pages} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
19 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
20 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
21 Type the entire contents of one page, then go on to the next page. Do not mix the contents of different pages. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
22 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
23 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
24 \subsubsection{Page Breaks, Page Numbers and Running Heads} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
25 \label{section page breaks} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
26 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
27 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
28 Page breaks are marked by §<pb>§. If the page has a page number, type it within the §<pb>§ tag, e.g. §<pb 6>§. Type the page number exactly as it appears in the book. If there is a running head on the page, it is marked by §<rh>§ and §</rh>§. Type the running head immediately after the §<pb>§ tag. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
29 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
30 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
31 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
32 Insert a blank line before each §<pb>§ tag. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
33 The position of the page number, e.g. at the top or bottom of the page, will not be encoded. Type the §<pb>§ and §<rh>§ tags before you type any content of the page. Do not type spaces within words. If there is a horizontal line below the running head, do not type it. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
34 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
35 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
36 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, arabic page number]{montag_mark_pagenumber_runninghead.jpg} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
37 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
38 \bold{<pb} 2\bold{><rh>}GEOMET. ELEMENT. EVCLIDIS\bold{</rh>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
39 $unt ӕquales. 16 Et hic quidem punctus, centrum circuli dicitur.\bold{</p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
40 \untranscribedText |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
41 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
42 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
43 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
44 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
45 For §$§ and §æ§ see \sect{section characters to be typed directly}. For ligatures, e.g. {\fontspec[Ligatures=Rare]{Hoefler Text} ct}, see \sect{section latin ligatures}. §</p>§ marks the end of a paragraph (\sect{section paragraphs}). For spaces before and after punctuation marks see \sect{section latin punctuation}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
46 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
47 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
48 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
49 The §<p>§ for the beginning of the paragraph is on the previous page. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
50 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
51 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
52 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
53 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, roman page number]{montag_roemische_seitenzahl} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
54 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
55 \bold{<pb} vij\bold{><rh>_}PREFACE.\bold{_</rh>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
56 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
57 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
58 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
59 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
60 For §_ _§ see \sect{section italics}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
61 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
62 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
63 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
64 \subsubsection{Catchwords and Signatures} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
65 \label{section catchwords and signatures} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
66 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
67 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
68 Do not type catchwords or signatures. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
69 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
70 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
71 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
72 In most cases, catchwords and signatures are at the bottom of the page. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
73 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
74 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
75 \begin{sampleImage}{catchword_signature_neu} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
76 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
77 \notTranscribed |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
78 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
79 The left rectangle contains the signature (§Ec 2§) and the right rectangle the catchword (§Volo§). |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
80 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
81 |
8 | 82 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
83 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
84 \subsection{Text Blocks} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
85 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
86 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
87 Type a return after each line of the printed page. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
88 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
89 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
90 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
91 Do not insert a space at the end of the line. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
92 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
93 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
94 \subsubsection{Headings} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
95 \label{section headings} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
96 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
97 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
98 Headings are marked by §<h>§ and §</h>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
99 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
100 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
101 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
102 All headings are tagged in the same way, regardless of the font size. Do not type spaces within words. If the text is centered, this will not be encoded. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
103 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
104 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
105 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=.7\linewidth}{montag_headings_euclid_233} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
106 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
107 \bold{<h>}EUCLIDIS \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
108 ELEMENTORUM \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
109 LIBER DECIMUS.\bold{</h>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
110 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
111 or alternatively, if you are unsure whether each line is a separate heading: |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
112 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
113 \bold{<h>}EUCLIDIS\bold{</h>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
114 \bold{<h>}ELEMENTORUM\bold{</h>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
115 \bold{<h>}LIBER DECIMUS.\bold{</h>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
116 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
117 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
118 |
8 | 119 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
120 \subsubsection{Paragraphs} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
121 \label{section paragraphs} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
122 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
123 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
124 Paragraphs are marked by §<p>§ and §</p>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
125 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
126 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
127 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
128 Make sure that for each §<p>§ there is a corresponding §</p>§ somewhere. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
129 If the first line of the paragraph is indented, this will not be encoded. If the text is centered, this will not be encoded either. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
130 %A change in the font style, for example a line in italics, may indicate a new paragraph. TODO: Probably this rule will not apply very often. Leave it out? Put it somewhere else? (it occurs in the example in \sect{Structural markup general example}) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
131 \end{clarification} |
8 | 132 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
133 \begin{sampleImage}{paragraph} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
134 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
135 \untranscribedText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
136 \bold{<p>}Secunda cau$a e$t, quia quoduis graue corpus, aut per naturam, aut per vim mo- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
137 tum, rectitudinem itineris naturaliter appetat, quod clarè cogno$cere po$$umus, \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
138 proijciendo lapides funda, & circunducentes brachium, nam funes tanto maius \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
139 pondus acquirunt, & manum tanto magis onerant, quanto velocius voluitur funda, \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
140 & incitatur motus, quod ab appetitu naturali in$ito ei corpori per lineã rectam pro- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
141 grediendi procedit. Vnde fit, vt pondus circunferentiæ ip$ius rotæ, tanto facilius cir- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
142 cunuoluatur, & ex $eip$o tanto longiori tempore moueatur, quanto longius di$tat à \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
143 centro, cum eius iter tanto minus $it curuum. Hanc igitur ob cau$am, rota, quanto \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
144 maior erit, eiu$\bs´q; pondus tanto magis vicinum circunferentiæ, tanto magis durabit \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
145 impetus motus a$$umptus.\bold{</p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
146 \untranscribedText |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
147 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
148 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
149 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
150 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
151 For §à§ and §ã§ see \sect{section characters to be typed directly}. For §\´q§ see \sect{section other diacritics}. See also the example in \sect{Structural markup general example}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
152 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
153 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
154 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
155 Headings (\sect{section headings}) are marked by §<h>§~§</h>§ instead of §<p>§~§</p>§. Block quotations (\sect{section block quotations}) are marked by §<q>§~§</q>§ instead of §<p>§~§</p>§. The §<p>§ and §</p>§ tags should not be used in marginal notes (\sect{section marginal notes}) or footnotes (\sect{section footnotes}). |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
156 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
157 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
158 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
159 \subsubsection{Block Quotations} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
160 \label{section block quotations} |
8 | 161 |
162 \begin{mainrule} | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
163 A block quotation is marked by §<q>§ and §</q>§. Do not type repeating quotation symbols. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
164 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
165 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
166 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
167 The §<q>§ and §</q>§ replace the §<p>§ and §</p>§ tags. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
168 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
169 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
170 \begin{sampleImage}{quotation_2.jpg} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
171 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
172 \bold{<p>}Nec non vbi ita inquit.\bold{</p>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
173 \bold{<q>}Et $i (modo credimus) vnum\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
174 I$$e diem $ine Sole ferunt, incendia lumen\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
175 Præbebant.\bold{</q>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
176 \bold{<p>}Quod autem à Patre in$truatur etiam de cur$u annuali,\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
177 videbitur vbi ita dicit.\bold{</p>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
178 \bold{<q>}Nitor in aduer$um, nec me, qui cætera vincit.\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
179 Impetus, & rapido contrarius euehor orbi.\bold{</q>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
180 \bold{<p>}Et vbi ita loquitur.\bold{</p>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
181 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
182 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
183 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
184 %\bold{<q>}Lucifer, & cœli $tatione novui$$imus exit.\bold{</q>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
185 %\bold{<p>}Nec non vbi ita inquit.\bold{</p>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
186 %\bold{<q>}Et $i (modo credimus) vnum\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
187 %I$$e diem $ine Sole ferunt, incendia lumen\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
188 %Præbebant.\bold{</q>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
189 %\bold{<p>}Quod autem à Patre in$truantur etiam de cur$u annuali,\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
190 %videbitur vbi dicit.\bold{</p>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
191 %\bold{<q>}Nitor in aduer$um, nec me, qui cætera vincit.\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
192 %Impetus, & rapido contrarius euehor orbi.\bold{</q>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
193 %\bold{<p>}Et vbi ita loquitur.\bold{</p>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
194 %\bold{<q>}For$itan & lucos illic, vrbes\bs'q; Deorum.\bold{</q>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
195 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
196 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
197 For inline quotations within a paragraph, type the quotation marks exactly as they appear in the text. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
198 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
199 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
200 \subsubsection{Footers} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
201 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
202 \begin{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
203 If you can identify a paragraph as a footer, use §<h>§ and §</h>§ instead of §<p>§ and §</p>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
204 \end{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
205 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
206 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
207 §<h>§ and §</h>§ is the tag for headings (\sect{section headings}). |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
208 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
209 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
210 \begin{sampleImage}{mkbsp_footer_benedetti.jpg} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
211 %TODO proofread |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
212 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
213 \bold{<p>}\someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
214 quem quidem tractatum cum quibu$dam alijs meis $peculationibus in lucem prode\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
215 re cupio, $i fieri poterit, antequam ad directionem mei Horo$copi cum corpore\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
216 Martis An\li{ae}ret\li{ae} perueniam, qu\li{ae} quidem directio circa annum mille$imum quin-\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
217 gente$imum nonage$imum $ecundum eueniet.\bold{</p>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
218 \bold{<h>}FINIS.\bold{</h>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
219 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
220 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
221 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
222 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
223 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
224 For §{ae}§ see \sect{section latin ligatures}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
225 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
226 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
227 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
228 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
229 \subsection{Columns} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
230 \label{section columns} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
231 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
232 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
233 Columns are marked by §<col>§ and §</col>§. Assign a number to each column and type it in the §<col>§ tag. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
234 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
235 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
236 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
237 Type the §<col>§ and §</col>§ tags on separate lines. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
238 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
239 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
240 \mehrzeilen |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
241 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
242 \begin{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
243 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
244 \begin{tabular}{@{}llll} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
245 \htsc{Example 1: \, a real page} &&& \htsc{Example 2: \, how to type columns} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
246 \includegraphics[scale=0.6]{wholepagecolumns2} && |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
247 \multicolumn{2}{l}{\includegraphics[scale=0.63]{three_columns}} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
248 \parbox[t]{4.5cm}{\small \vspace{1mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
249 \notTranscribed \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
250 Note that the page number and the running head are not part of a column.} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
251 &&& |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
252 \parbox[t]{4cm}{ \vspace{-3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
253 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
254 \bold{<col 1>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
255 \bold{<p>}This is one \\ column ...\bold{<p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
256 \bold{</col>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
257 \bold{<col 2>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
258 \bold{<p>}This is \\ another \\ column.\bold{<p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
259 \bold{</col>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
260 \bold{<col 3>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
261 \bold{<p>}And there \\ might be \\ yet another \\ column.\bold{<p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
262 \bold{</col>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
263 \end{typeLatin}} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
264 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
265 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
266 \end{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
267 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
268 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
269 If there is no running text in the columns, they may be not be separate columns, but a table (\sect{section tables}). If in doubt, check the example there. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
270 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
271 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
272 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
273 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
274 \subsection{Tables} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
275 \label{section tables} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
276 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
277 \subsubsection{Nomenclature} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
278 \label{section tables overview} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
279 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
280 %\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=12cm}{bettertable2} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
281 \includegraphics[width=14cm]{bettertable8} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
282 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
283 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
284 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
285 %\end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
286 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
287 %\bold{<toc it>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
288 %\bold{_}CH\bold{<sc>}APITRE\bold{</sc>} I.\bold{_} Où l'on en$eigne comme $e fait la pou$$ée des \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
289 %\bold{#} Voutes, & où l'on raporte quelques principes tirés de la mé- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
290 %\bold{#} canique pour en faciliter l'intelligence \bold{#} 2 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
291 %\bold{_}C\bold{<sc>}HAP\bold{</sc>}. II. \bold{_}De la maniere de calculer l'épai$$eur des Pié-droits \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
292 %\bold{#} des Voutes en plain ceintre pour e$tre en équilibre par leur ré- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
293 %\bold{#} $i$tance avec la pou$$ée qu'ils ont à $oútenir. \bold{#} 10 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
294 %\bold{</toc>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
295 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
296 \vspace{-10mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
297 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
298 A transcription of this table can be found in \sect{section large vertical table elements}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
299 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
300 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
301 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
302 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
303 In the context of tables, the term “column” refers to a vertical division in the table. The usage is different from the usage in \sect{section columns}. To avoid confusion, we will use the terms “table column” and “text column” in this section. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
304 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
305 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
306 \subsubsection{Basic Rule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
307 \label{section tables basic rule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
308 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
309 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
310 A table is marked by §<tb>§ and §</tb>§. Use §#§ as cell separators. Type a return after each row. Do not type horizontal or vertical lines or large horizontal or vertical braces. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
311 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
312 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
313 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
314 Type the §<tb>§ and §</tb>§ tags on separate lines. Do not treat the table columns as text columns (\sect{section columns}), i.e. do not type a whole column before you go on to the next column. If the whole table is in italics (\sect{section italics}), indicate this in the §<tb>§ tag, i.e. §<tb it>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
315 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
316 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
317 \begin{sampleImage}{table_benedetti_439_2} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
318 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
319 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
320 \bold{<tb it>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
321 \bold{<col 1>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
322 Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
323 3 \bold{#} 29 \bold{#} æqualis \bold{#} æquali \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
324 8 \bold{#} 35 \bold{#} maius \bold{#} maior \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
325 9 \bold{#} 15 \bold{#} in vnitate $uperficialis, erit ac \bold{#} in vnitate $upreficialis erit, ac \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
326 11 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} proueuiens \bold{#} prouenientem \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
327 \someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
328 \bold{</col>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
329 \bold{<col 2>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
330 Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
331 158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} ver$a \bold{#} ver$am \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
332 158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} $it \bold{#} $int \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
333 162 \bold{#} 22 \bold{#} cindenda \bold{#} $cindenda \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
334 163 \bold{#} 7 \bold{#} oppo$itus \bold{#} oppo$itum \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
335 \someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
336 \bold{</col>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
337 \bold{</tb>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
338 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
339 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
340 %If you are unsure whether the table consists of independent columns or not, use cell separators instead: |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
341 If you are unsure whether the table in the example is divided into two text columns or not, use cell separators instead of §<col>§ tags: |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
342 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
343 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
344 \bold{<tb it>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
345 Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \bold{#} Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
346 3 \bold{#} 29 \bold{#} æqualis \bold{#} æquali \bold{#} 158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} ver$a \bold{#} ver$am \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
347 8 \bold{#} 35 \bold{#} maius \bold{#} maior \bold{#} 158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} $it \bold{#} $int \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
348 \untranscribedText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
349 \bold{</tb>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
350 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
351 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
352 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
353 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
354 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
355 For §it§ see \sect{section italics}. The symbol §#§ is also used to mark large spaces in table-like structures (see \sect{section table-like structures}). |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
356 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
357 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
358 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
359 \subsubsection{Large Horizontal Table Elements} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
360 \label{section large horizontal table elements} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
361 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
362 % (Column, row, field, cell, part. It would make sense to reserve the word “column” for normal columns, especially since the first example of a table now consists of two columns. Change the example back to two tables? Use table columns versus (text) columns? Or change the word? Table element $\to$ table cell, table cell $\to$ table column/row/part.) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
363 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
364 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
365 Rule 1: In the case of a table element that horizontally spans more than one table cell, repeat the symbol §#§ before the table element for each cell spanned by the element, e.g. §####§ for an element spanning four cells. |
8 | 366 \end{mainrule} |
367 | |
368 \begin{clarification} | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
369 Do not type spaces between the §#§ symbols in this case. This rule applies even if the spanning element is the first element in a table row. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
370 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
371 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
372 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
373 In all other cases there should be a space before and after each §#§ symbol. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
374 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
375 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
376 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
377 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
378 Rule 2: Within table cells, if text is broken into separate lines, do not type a return after the lines. Instead, type §\\§ to separate the lines. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
379 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
380 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
381 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
382 \begin{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
383 Rule 3: If a table element spans the whole table width, type it as header/footer with §<h> </h>§ (without §#§, and do not use §\\§, but new lines). |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
384 \end{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
385 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
386 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
387 %\vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
388 %\begin{example}[: \, Ghetaldi p. 79] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
389 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
390 \begin{sampleImage}{ghetaldi_p79_tabelle} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
391 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
392 %find shorter example, and include image! |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
393 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
394 %\begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
395 %\bold{<tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
396 %\bold{#######} Tabula ad inueniendam qualitatem \bold{\bs\bs} Auri, ex grauitate quam ha- \bold{\bs\bs} bet in aere & aqua. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
397 %Qualitas Auri. \bold{#} Grauitas Auri in aere. \bold{####} Grauitas Auri in Aqua. \bold{#} Mi$t\~u ex Arg. \bold{\bs\bs} & ære. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
398 %Part. \bold{#} Lib. \bold{#} Vnc. \bold{#} Scrup. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num. Fract. \bold{#} Part. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
399 %24 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 20. \bold{#} 372 \bold{#} 0 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
400 %23 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 5. \bold{#} 765 \bold{#} 1 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
401 %\someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
402 %1 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 10. \bold{#} 18. \bold{#} 16. \bold{#} 576 \bold{#} 23 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
403 %0 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 10. \bold{#} 18. \bold{#} 1. \bold{#} 969 \bold{#} 24 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
404 %Part. \bold{#} Lib. \bold{###} Communis Denomin. fract. \bold{#} 1767 \bold{#} Part. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
405 %\bold{</tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
406 %\bold{<tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
407 %\bold{###} Tabella Partis pro \bold{\bs\bs} portionalis Deno- \bold{\bs\bs} minatorum Auri. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
408 %Pars proportio \bold{\bs\bs} nalis Auri in \bold{\bs\bs} partibus. 24. \bold{##} Differ\~etia Gra \bold{\bs\bs} uitatum Auri \bold{\bs\bs} in aqua. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
409 %Part. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num: Fract. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
410 %1 \bold{#} 0. \bold{#} 1088 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
411 %2 \bold{#} 1. \bold{#} 409 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
412 %\someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
413 %23 \bold{#} 14. \bold{#} 286 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
414 %24 \bold{#} 14. \bold{#} 1374 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
415 %Part. \bold{##} Denom. Fract. com. \bold{\bs\bs} 1767 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
416 %\bold{</tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
417 %\end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
418 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
419 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
420 \bold{<tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
421 \bold{<h>}Tabula ad inueniendam qualitatem \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
422 Auri, ex grauitate quam ha- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
423 bet in aere & aqua.\bold{</h>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
424 Qualitas \bold{\bs\bs} Auri. \bold{#} Grauitas Auri \bold{\bs\bs} in aere. \bold{####} Grauitas ... aqua. \bold{#} Mi$t\~u ... ære. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
425 Part. \bold{#} Lib. \bold{#} Vnc. \bold{#} Scrup. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num. Fract. \bold{#} Part. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
426 24 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 20. \bold{#} 372 \bold{#} 0 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
427 23 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 5. \bold{#} 765 \bold{#} 1 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
428 \someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
429 \bold{</tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
430 \bold{<tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
431 \bold{<h>}Tabella Partis pro \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
432 portionalis Deno- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
433 minatorum Auri.\bold{</h>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
434 Pars proportio \bold{\bs\bs} nalis Auri in \bold{\bs\bs} partibus. 24. \bold{##} Differ\~etia ... aqua. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
435 Part. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num: Fract. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
436 1 \bold{#} 0. \bold{#} 1088 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
437 2 \bold{#} 1. \bold{#} 409 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
438 \someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
439 \bold{</tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
440 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
441 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
442 %Qualitas \bold{\bs\bs} Auri. \bold{#} Grauitas Auri \bold{\bs\bs} in aere. \bold{####} Grauitas Auri in aqua. \bold{#} Mi$t\~u ex Arg. \bold{\bs\bs} & ære. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
443 %Pars proportio \bold{\bs\bs} nalis Auri in \bold{\bs\bs} partibus. 24. \bold{##} Differ\~etia Gra \bold{\bs\bs} uitatum Auri \bold{\bs\bs} in aqua. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
444 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
445 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
446 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
447 \subsubsection{Large Vertical Table Elements} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
448 \label{section large vertical table elements} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
449 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
450 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
451 %Rule 2: If a table cell spans more than one row, type its complete content in the first row and mark it as an empty cell in the remaining rows. In the first row, type §\\§ to separate the lines of text. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
452 Rule 4: If a table element vertically spans more than one cell, type its content in its uppermost cell. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
453 %Mark each cell that belongs to the table element by §\\§ at the end. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
454 %If the text in one cell continues in a cell below, type §\\§ at the end. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
455 Mark each additional cell that belongs to this table element by~§"§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
456 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
457 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
458 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
459 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=6cm}{ghetaldi_table} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
460 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
461 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
462 \bold{<tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
463 Diametri \bold{\bs\bs} magnitu- \bold{\bs\bs} do. \bold{####} Aureæ $pheræ \bold{\bs\bs} grauitas. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
464 \bold{" #} Lib. \bold{#} Vn. \bold{#} Scru. \bold{#} Gra. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
465 \bold{\{} 1/4 \bold{\}} \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 2 \bold{#} \bold{\{} 29/37 \bold{\}} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
466 \bold{\{} 1/2 \bold{\}} \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 16 \bold{#} 6 \bold{\{} 10/37 \bold{\}} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
467 \bold{\{} 3/4 \bold{\}} \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 2 \bold{#} 6 \bold{#} 21 \bold{\{} 6/37 \bold{\}} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
468 1 \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 5 \bold{#} 10 \bold{#} 2 \bold{\{} 6/37 \bold{\}} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
469 \bold{</tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
470 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
471 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
472 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
473 \vspace{-5mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
474 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
475 For fractions such as §{ 1/4 }§ see \sect{section fractions}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
476 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
477 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
478 %\begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
479 %Still use §\\§ to separate the lines of text within a cell. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
480 %Make sure that the entire content of each table element is typed. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
481 %\end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
482 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
483 %or: in any row, i.e. where it makes sense, similar to marginal notes? |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
484 %Type the marginal note on separate lines, starting after the line it is closest to. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
485 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
486 % (Is this rule too complex? Or: Will we be inundated with incorrect applications of this rules?) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
487 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
488 %(replace this by a real example as soon as we know what we want!) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
489 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
490 %%\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
491 %%\hline |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
492 %%A & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{E1} & B \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
493 %%\cline{1-1} \cline{3-3} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
494 %%C1 & E2 & D \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
495 %%%\cline{1-1} \cline{3-3} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
496 %%C2 & E3 & \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
497 %%\hline |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
498 %%\end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
499 %% |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
500 %%\begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
501 %%<tb> \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
502 %%A # E1 \bs\bs E2 \bs\bs E3 # B \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
503 %%C1 \bs\bs C2 # # D \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
504 %%# # \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
505 %%</tb> \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
506 %%\end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
507 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
508 %\begin{example} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
509 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
510 %%\vspace{-2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
511 %%\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
512 %%\hline |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
513 %%A & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{} & B \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
514 %%\cline{1-1} \cline{3-3} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
515 %%C1 & $\frac{E1}{E2}$ & D \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
516 %%%\cline{1-1} \cline{3-3} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
517 %%C2 & E3 & \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
518 %%\hline |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
519 %%\end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
520 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
521 %\vspace{-2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
522 %\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
523 %\hline |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
524 %A & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{} & B \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
525 %\cline{1-1} \cline{3-3} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
526 %C1 & ${E1 \atop E2}$ & D \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
527 %%\cline{1-1} \cline{3-3} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
528 %C2 & E3 & \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
529 %\hline |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
530 %\end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
531 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
532 %%\begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
533 %%\bold{<tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
534 %%A \bold{#} \bold{#} B \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
535 %%C1 \bold{\bs\bs} C2 \bold{#} E1 \bold{\bs\bs} E2 \bold{#} D \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
536 %%\bold{#} \bold{#} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
537 %%\bold{</tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
538 %%\end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
539 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
540 %%How about this? |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
541 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
542 %%\begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
543 %%\bold{<tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
544 %%A \bold{#} \bold{#} B \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
545 %%C1 \bold{\bs\bs} \bold{#} E1 \bold{\bs\bs} E2 \bold{\bs\bs} \bold{#} D \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
546 %%C2 \bold{#} E3 \bold{#} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
547 %%\bold{</tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
548 %%\end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
549 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
550 %\begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
551 %\bold{<tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
552 %A \bold{#} E1 \bold{\bs\bs} E2 \bold{\bs\bs} E3 \bold{#} B \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
553 %C1 \bold{\bs\bs} C2 \bold{# " #} D \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
554 %\bold{" # " # "} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
555 %\bold{</tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
556 %\end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
557 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
558 %\end{example} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
559 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
560 %%Or even this? |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
561 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
562 %%\begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
563 %%\bold{<tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
564 %%A \bold{#} \bold{\bs\bs} \bold{#} B \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
565 %%C1 \bold{\bs\bs} \bold{#} E1 \bold{\bs\bs} \bold{#} D \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
566 %%C2 \bold{#} E2 \bold{#} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
567 %%\bold{</tb>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
568 %%\end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
569 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
570 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
571 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
572 %If the columns contain running text, they may not be a table, but text columns (\sect{section columns}). If in doubt, check the example there. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
573 If the table elements vertically span the whole table and contain running text, they may not be table elements, but text columns (\sect{section columns}). If in doubt, check the example there. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
574 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
575 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
576 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
577 % Probably even more examples of tables and non-tables, for instance the ones from the “Special Instructions for Tables”. MH: wird zu lang |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
578 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
579 % Rule about large curly braces? MH: nein |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
580 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
581 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
582 %\subsection{specific types of tables} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
583 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
584 \subsection{Table-Like Structures} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
585 \label{section table-like structures} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
586 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
587 \subsubsection{Indexes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
588 \label{section indexes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
589 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
590 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
591 An index is marked by §<ind>§ and §</ind>§. Use §#§ for large spaces. Type a return after each row. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
592 %If you can identify a table as an index, mark it by §<ind>§ and §</ind>§. Use §#§ as separator between text and reference. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
593 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
594 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
595 % Ob sie für jede Seite einen getrennten Index machen, sollen sie slebst entscheiden. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
596 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
597 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
598 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[1]{width=10cm}{bacon_253} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
599 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
600 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
601 \bold{<ind it>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
602 Caterpillars \bold{#} \bold{_}153\bold{_} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
603 Cements that grow hard \bold{#} \bold{_}183\bold{_} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
604 Chalk, a good compo$t, \bold{_}122, 123\bold{_}. Good for \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
605 \bold{#} Pa$ture, as well as for Arable \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
606 Chameleons, \bold{_}80\bold{_}. Their nouri$hment, \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
607 \bold{#} A fond Tradition of them \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
608 \bold{</ind>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
609 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
610 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
611 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
612 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
613 Within a structure in italics, the §_ _§ denote single words in upright type (see also \sect{section italics}). |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
614 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
615 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
616 \begin{sampleImage}[2]{gallac_91} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
617 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
618 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
619 \bold{<ind>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
620 \bold{<col 1>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
621 \someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
622 Diligenz $overchia, quale. \bold{#} 49 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
623 Diminuzione di gro$$ozze, come deb- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
624 \bold{#} ba condur$i. \bold{#} 56 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
625 \bold{_}Diocleziano\bold{_} . Sue Terme. \bold{#} 51 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
626 \someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
627 \bold{</col>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
628 \bold{<col 2>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
629 \someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
630 Errori di que$to genere, cagione di \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
631 \bold{#} tutti gli errori. \bold{#} 18. 19 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
632 \bold{#} Provvedimenti dei Romani con- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
633 \bold{#} tro a que$ti errori. \bold{#} 19 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
634 \someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
635 \bold{</col>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
636 \bold{</ind>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
637 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
638 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
639 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
640 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
641 \subsubsection{Tables of Contents} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
642 \label{section tables of contents} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
643 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
644 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
645 A table of contents is marked by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. Use §#§ for large spaces. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
646 %, for example between section names and page numbers. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
647 Type a return after each row. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
648 %If you can identify a table as a table of contents, mark it by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. Use §#§ as separator between section names and page numbers. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
649 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
650 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
651 %\begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
652 %(How toc's can be recognized?) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
653 %\end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
654 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
655 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[1]{width=12cm}{zubler_43_2} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
656 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
657 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
658 \bold{<toc it>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
659 Cap. 1. \bold{#} De Chorographia generatim: quid $it, & que ad eam In-\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
660 \bold{#} strumenta poti{$s}imùm requi$ita, \bold{#} pag 1. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
661 II. \bold{#} De In$trumenti fabricâ, \bold{#} 2 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
662 III. \bold{#} De Triangulis, omnium dimen$ionum fundamento, \bold{#} 5 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
663 \someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
664 \bold{</toc>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
665 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
666 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
667 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
668 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
669 \begin{sampleImage}[2]{belidor_683} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
670 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
671 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
672 \bold{<toc it>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
673 \bold{_}CH\bold{<sc>}APITRE\bold{</sc>} I.\bold{_} Où l'on en$eigne comme $e fait la pou$$ée des \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
674 \bold{#} Voutes, & où l'on raporte quelques principes tirés de la mé- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
675 \bold{#} canique pour en faciliter l'intelligence \bold{#} 2 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
676 \bold{_}C\bold{<sc>}HAP\bold{</sc>}. II. \bold{_}De la maniere de calculer l'épai$$eur des Pié-droits \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
677 \bold{#} des Voutes en plain ceintre pour e$tre en équilibre par leur ré- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
678 \bold{#} $i$tance avec la pou$$ée qu'ils ont à $oútenir. \bold{#} 10 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
679 \bold{</toc>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
680 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
681 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
682 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
683 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
684 \subsubsection{Large Spaces} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
685 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
686 %Do not type dots or lines that only serve as placeholders. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
687 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
688 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
689 If a normal paragraph contains at least one large space, mark the paragraph by §#§ (i.e. §<p #>§) and mark each large space in the paragraph by §#§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
690 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
691 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
692 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
693 Before you use §<p #>§, make sure the paragraph is not part of a table, an index or a table of contents. In some texts the spaces after periods (“.”) is slightly larger than normal spaces; do not mark this. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
694 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
695 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
696 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[2]{width=12cm}{Pappus_large_spaces} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
697 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
698 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
699 \bold{<p #>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
700 \someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
701 extrema ad axes \bold{#} angulorum, continent autem hunc propo$itiones \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
702 ferè exi$tentes vna multa, & varia theoremata, & linearum, & $uperficie- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
703 rum, & $olidorum omnia $imul vna demon$tratione, & quæ nondum de- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
704 mon$trata $unt, & quæ \bold{#} & in duodecimo libro horum elemento- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
705 \someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
706 \bold{</p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
707 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
708 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
709 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
710 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
711 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
712 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
713 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
714 %\subsubsection{Tables of Contents} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
715 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
716 %\begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
717 %%A table of contents marked by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. Use §#§ as separator between section names and page numbers. Type a return after each row. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
718 %If you can identify a table as a table of contents, mark it by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. Use §#§ as separator between section names and page numbers. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
719 %\end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
720 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
721 %\begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
722 %(How toc's can be recognized?) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
723 %\end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
724 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
725 %Example! |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
726 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
727 % |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
728 %\subsubsection{Indexes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
729 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
730 %\begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
731 %%An index is marked by §<ind>§ and §</ind>§. Use §#§ as separator between text and reference. Type a return after each row. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
732 %If you can identify a table as an index, mark it by §<ind>§ and §</ind>§. Use §#§ as separator between text and reference. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
733 %\end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
734 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
735 %Oder: large spaces in the text, statt die Bestandteile genau anzugeben. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
736 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
737 %\begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
738 %(How indexes can be recognized?) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
739 %\end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
740 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
741 %Example! |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
742 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
743 % |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
744 %\subsubsection{Other Structures With Leading} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
745 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
746 %Introduce a generic tag for leading: §<lead> # </lead>§ or so. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
747 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
748 %Does that make sense? Up to now, I did not explain leading, but they were supposed to grasp the concept through the examples. Here I would have to explain it. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
749 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
750 %Alternative: Section “Leading”, where leading is explained, with example. Then: toc's and indexes. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
751 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
752 %One (weird) example would be Biancani 1635, p.195. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
753 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
754 %Another semi-weird example: modern-style quotations. Alternatively in the block quotation section, or no rule at all. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
755 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
756 %* |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
757 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
758 %Do we need a rule for lists? I guess not; in European texts it can either be typed as normal text, or it is a table, or it is a structure with leading. “Lists” would be a nice section title than “Other Structures With Leading”, though. But would it fit? |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
759 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
760 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
761 \subsection{Notes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
762 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
763 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
764 Handwritten notes (\sect{section handwritten notes}) are not transcribed. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
765 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
766 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
767 \subsubsection{Marginal Notes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
768 \label{section marginal notes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
769 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
770 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
771 A note in the left margin is marked by §<mgl> </mgl>§, and a note in the right margin is marked by §<mgr> </mgr>§. Type the marginal note on separate lines, starting after the line it is closest to. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
772 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
773 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
774 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
775 Do not mark paragraphs within a marginal note, i.e. do not use §<p> </p>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
776 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
777 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
778 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
779 For anchored marginal notes see \sect{section anchored marginal notes}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
780 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
781 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
782 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
783 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, marginal notes in the left and right margins]{montag_mark_marginalnote_coimbricenses_232} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
784 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
785 \notTranscribed |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
786 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
787 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
788 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
789 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
790 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, transcribing a marginal note]{mkbsp_marginalnote_big_benedetti.jpg} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
791 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
792 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
793 Si ad aliquã rectã lineã * compare\bs\tld{}t parallelogrãm\bs\tld{}u, defici\bs\tld{}es forma\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
794 \bold{<mgr>}παραβληθῆ, \bold{_}ap\bold{_} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
795 \bold{_}ponatur, appli-\bold{_} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
796 \bold{_}cetur\bold{_</mgr>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
797 quadrata, ip$um cõparat\bs\tld{}u æqu\bs\tld{}u e$t ei quod (cõtine\bs\tld{}t) $ub $egm\bs\tld{}etis\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
798 rect\li{ae} line\li{ae}, qu\li{ae} ex ip$a cõparatione $unt facta. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
799 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
800 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
801 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
802 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
803 \subsubsection{Footnotes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
804 \label{section footnotes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
805 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
806 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
807 Footnotes are marked by §<fn>§ and §</fn>§. Type the footnote where it appears on the page. Insert the footnote symbol or number in the §<fn>§ tag. The corresponding footnote symbol in the main text is marked by §<n>§. Insert the footnote symbol or number in the §<n>§ tag. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
808 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
809 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
810 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
811 Ignore the superscript of the footnote symbol. Use §<n>§ in the main text only if you can identify the symbol as a footnote symbol and if there is a corresponding §<fn> </fn>§ tag somewhere. Do not mark paragraphs within a footnote, i.e. do not use §<p> </p>§. Do not type horizontal lines. |
8 | 812 \end{clarification} |
813 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
814 \begin{tabelle}[: \, common footnote symbols] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
815 \begin{tabular}{llcccccc} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
816 symbol && * & † & ‡ & \§ & ‖ & ¶ \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
817 Unicode && \xs{U+002A} & \xs{U+2020} & \xs{U+2021} &\xs{U+00A7} & \xs{U+2016} & \xs{U+00B6} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
818 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
819 \end{tabelle} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
820 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
821 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
822 \begin{sampleImage}{montag_footnote2_euclid_264} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
823 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
824 \bold{<col 1>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
825 \bold{<h><n} *\bold{>} LEMMA.\bold{</h>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
826 \bold{<p>}Si fuerint tres rectæ lineæ in ratione aliqua,\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
827 erit ut prima ad tertiam ita rectangulum conten-\bold{</col>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
828 \bold{<col 2>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
829 \bold{<h>}* ΛΗΜΜΑ.\bold{</h>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
830 \bold{<p>}Εὰν ὦ\li{στι} τρ\li{εῖ}ς εὐθ\li{εῖ}\li{αι} \li{ἐν} λόγῳ \li{τι}νὶ, ἔ\li{σται} ὡς \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
831 ἡ \li{πρ}ώ\li{τη} \li{πρ}ὸς τ\li{ὴν} τ\li{ρί}\li{την} \li{οὕ}τως \li{τὸ} \li{ὑπὸ} τῆς\bold{</col>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
832 \bold{<fn} *\bold{>}Lemma hoc non agno$cunt \bold{_}Codd. MSS.\bold{_</fn>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
833 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
834 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
835 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
836 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
837 For Greek ligatures see \sect{section greek ligatures}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
838 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
839 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
840 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
841 If the footnote continues on the next page, close the first part with §</fn>§ before you go on to the next page. Mark the second part on the next page with new §<fn> </fn>§ tags. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
842 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
843 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
844 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
845 \subsubsection{Anchored Marginal Notes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
846 \label{section anchored marginal notes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
847 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
848 \begin{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
849 An anchored marginal note is marked by §<mgl> </mgl>§ or §<mgr> </mgr>§ according to its position and typed on separate lines starting after the line it is closest to (just like a normal marginal note). In addition, the anchor is treated like a footnote symbol, i.e. it is marked by §<n>§ in the main text and it is typed inside the §<mgl>§ or §<mgr>§ tag. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
850 \end{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
851 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
852 \begin{sampleImage}{montag_mark_anchor_marg_} % Euclid of Clavius 1607, p.795 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
853 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
854 \bold{<p it>}\someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
855 circumferentiam datæ rectæ A, æqualem e$$e. Cùm enim $it, vt E,\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
856 ad A, ita B D, ad F G; hoc est, \bold{<n} a\bold{>} ita tota diameter circuli B C, ad\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
857 \bold{<mgr} a\bold{>}15.\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
858 \bold{_}quinti\bold{_}.\bold{</mgr>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
859 totam diametrum circuli F H: Sit autem vt diameter ad diametrum,\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
860 ita circumferentia B C, ad circumferentiam F H, vt Pappus demon- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
861 \someText\bold{</p>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
862 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
863 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
864 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
865 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
866 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
867 \refstepcounter{subsubsection} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
868 \label{section anchored comments} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
869 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
870 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
871 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
872 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
873 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
874 \subsection{Printed Images} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
875 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
876 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
877 Treat handwritten figures in the same way as handwritten notes (\sect{section handwritten notes}), i.e. simply mark them by §<hd>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
878 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
879 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
880 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
881 \subsubsection{Figures} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
882 \label{section figures} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
883 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
884 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
885 Where a figure occurs in the text, type §<fig>§ on a separate line. If you can identify a caption of the figure, mark it by §<cap> </cap>§. Additional text that describes parts of the figure is marked by §<desc> </desc>§. Use a single §<var> </var>§ tag for variable names and numbers. Type a closing §</fig>§ tag on a separate line after all §<cap>§, §<desc>§ and §<var>§ tags. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
886 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
887 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
888 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
889 Type all §<cap>§, §<desc>§ and §<var>§ tags, in this order, on separate lines. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
890 %Type the caption on a separate line after <fig>. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
891 A figure may have more than one description. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
892 %Type each description on a separate line after <fig> and <cap>. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
893 If the same description is repeated in a figure, type it only once. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
894 %If the caption or a description is vertical, ignore this and type it as normal horizontal text. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
895 Separate the variable names and numbers in the §<var> </var>§ by spaces. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
896 %If there are variable names or numbers in the figure, type them all in a single §<var> </var>§ tag. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
897 Type §<fig/>§ instead of §<fig>§ and §</fig>§ to mark simple figures without §<cap>§, §<desc>§ or §<var>§ tags. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
898 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
899 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
900 %(The rule that a caption may be typed above or below the §<fig>§ tag has disappeared.) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
901 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
902 %(§</fig>§ makes sense only if there is at least one §<cap>§, §<desc>§ or §<var>§, so it would sometimes be used and sometimes not. Is this really a good idea? Check if there was any confusion with complex figures!) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
903 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
904 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
905 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[1: \, a simple figure without caption, descriptions or variables]{width=7cm}{fig_sans_3} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
906 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
907 \bold{<p>}\someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
908 montre que vous placeriéz en cette façon \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
909 $ur une boule.\bold{</p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
910 \bold{<fig/>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
911 \bold{<p>}Sous cette \bold{_}cornée\bold{_}, e$t \bold{_}l'iris\bold{_}, autre membrane, \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
912 \someText\bold{<p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
913 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
914 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
915 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
916 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
917 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[2: \, a figure with a caption]{width=12cm}{montag_imagewcaption} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
918 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
919 \bold{<p>}\someText \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
920 $e$quipedem, circumagito, ut altera pars æquè cale$cat ab igni.\bold{</p>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
921 \bold{<fig>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
922 \bold{<cap it>}Paruus Vncus ferreus.\bold{</cap>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
923 \bold{</fig>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
924 \bold{<p>}Præterea $i quando mi$tura $atis plumbi non habuerit, addito cum forci \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
925 \someText\bold{</p>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
926 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
927 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
928 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
929 \begin{sampleImage}[3: \, figures with variables]{imageleftandright_4} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
930 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
931 \bold{<h it>}Euclid. ex Zamb. Theorema 68. Propo$itio 92.\bold{</h>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
932 \bold{<p>}Si areola comprehen$a fuerit $ub rationali & apotome $ecunda\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
933 \bold{<mgr>}92\bold{</mgr>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
934 quæ areolam pote$t, mediæ apotome e$t prima.\bold{</p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
935 \bold{<fig>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
936 \bold{<var>}λ @ ο @ ν @ σ ξ χ @ τ μ\bold{</var>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
937 \bold{</fig>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
938 \bold{<p it>_}THEON\bold{_} ex Zãb. Areola nãq; α β, \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
939 \bold{<fig>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
940 \bold{<var>}α @ @ ζ @ γ @ @ @ @\bold{</var>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
941 \bold{</fig>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
942 cõpreh\bs\tld{}edatur $ub ratiõali α γ, \& 2 a- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
943 potome α δ. Dico \li{quod} quæ α β, arcolam\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
944 pote$t, mediæ apotome e$t prima. E$to\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
945 enim (p 79 decimi) ip$i α δ cõgru\bs\tld{}es δ\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
946 \someText\bold{</p>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
947 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
948 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
949 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
950 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[4: \, figure with descriptions and variables]{width=8cm}{voltaire_156} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
951 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
952 \bold{<fig>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
953 \bold{<desc>}Violet\bold{</desc>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
954 \bold{<desc>}Pourpre\bold{</desc>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
955 \bold{<desc>}Bleu\bold{</desc>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
956 \bold{<desc>}Verd\bold{</desc>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
957 \bold{<desc>}Jaune\bold{</desc>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
958 \bold{<desc>}Orange\bold{</desc>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
959 \bold{<desc>}Rouge\bold{</desc>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
960 \bold{<var>}A B C\bold{</var>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
961 \bold{</fig>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
962 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
963 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
964 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
965 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
966 \subsubsection{Drop Caps} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
967 \label{section drop caps} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
968 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
969 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
970 Type a drop cap as an ordinary capital letter. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
971 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
972 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
973 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
974 Do not use a §<fig>§ tag (\sect{section figures}) for ornamental drop caps. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
975 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
976 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
977 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
978 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, a simple drop cap]{montag_mark_dropcap_unorna} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
979 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
980 \bold{<p>}FErunt Ari$tipp\bs~u tempe$tate maris ad incognita littora delatum, cum in are-\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
981 na vidi$$et qua$dã figuras geometricas delineatas exultant\bs\tld{}e l\li{ae}titia dixi$$e: Hæc\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
982 \someText\bold{</p>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
983 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
984 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
985 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
986 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, an ornamental drop cap]{montag_mark_dropcap_orna} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
987 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
988 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
989 \bold{<p>}LV\bold{<sc>}MEN\bold{</sc>} Lunæ etiam $i $it lumen reflexum Solis ab ip$a Luna, ab ea tamen\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
990 non ita reflectitur, vt à $uperficie polita $peculi, c\bs\tld{}u eius luminis tantã quã\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
991 titatem $uper ip$um corpus lunare videamus, & eo modo terminatã quo\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
992 con$picimus. per $e lumen, cau$a oculi e$t effectum, per accidens autem\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
993 puta quod vis. Terra deinde nunquam lunari lumine (quãuis $olaris reflexio exi$tat)\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
994 \someText\bold{</p>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
995 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
996 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
997 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
998 \vspace{-2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
999 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1000 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1001 §<sc>§ marks small caps; see \sect{section small caps}. See also the example in \sect{Structural markup general example}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1002 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1003 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1004 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1005 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1006 \subsection{Handwritten Notes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1007 \label{section handwritten notes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1008 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1009 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1010 Handwritten notes are marked by §<hd>§. Do not type the note itself. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1011 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1012 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1013 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1014 Type §<hd>§ on a separate line, after the line of the main text the note is closest to. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1015 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1016 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1017 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, a handwritten note]{bsp_handwrittenmargin_2} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1018 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1019 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1020 h. $upponendo igitur in puncto. g. pondus, aut virtutem mouentem unius libræ, & in\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1021 h. duarum librarum, ab$q; dubio hæ duæ uirtutes in huiu$modi di$tantijs à centro\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1022 \li{ae}quales inuic\bs\tld{}e er\bs\tld{}ut, ob rationes prioribus capitibus iam allatas, & $tatera orizontalis\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1023 \bold{<hd>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1024 manebit. Vnde clarum erit, \li{quod} quæuis etiam exigua virtus adiuncta ip$i. g. mouebit\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1025 $tateram extra orizontalem $itum. Nunc $i puncto. i. ex æquo medio inter. g. et. K. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1026 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1027 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1028 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1029 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, a handwritten note with a drawing]{mkbsp_handdrawing_euclid_515.jpg} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1030 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1031 \bold{<p>}\someText\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1032 ctè iuncta ad obtu$um angul\bs\tld{}u, à perp\bs\tld{}ediculari extrà depreh\bs\tld{}editur.\bold{</p>}\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1033 \bold{<hd>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1034 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1035 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1036 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1037 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1038 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1039 Example 2 contains a signature and a catchword (\sect{section catchwords and signatures}), which are ignored. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1040 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1041 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1042 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1043 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1044 \subsection{Unreadable Text} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1045 \label{section unreadable text} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1046 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1047 \subsubsection{Characters You are Unsure About} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1048 \label{section characters you are unsure about} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1049 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1050 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1051 If you are not sure about a character, type §<?>§ after it. If you are unsure about a whole paragraph, type §<?>§ directly after the §<p>§ tag, i.e. §<p><?>§. A completely unreadable character is typed as §@§. If it is unclear how many characters are unreadable, use §<gap>§ instead of §@§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1052 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1053 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1054 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1055 Use one §@§ for each unreadable character, e.g. §unr@@dable§. If in doubt, use §<gap>§, e.g. §unr<gap>dable§. If you are unsure about a group of characters, for example a whole word, do not type §<?>§ repeatedly for every character, e.g. type §word<?>§ rather than §w<?>o<?>r<?>d<?>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1056 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1057 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1058 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1059 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, a stain]{bsp_gaptag_circumcised} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1060 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1061 d & f ad quadratum f, ergo di$iunctim erit quadratum \bold{@} ad\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1062 quadratum f, ergo b ad e $icut d ad f, item per æquam pro-\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1063 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1064 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1065 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1066 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1067 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, a paper crease]{mkbsp_helptag.jpg} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1068 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1069 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1070 fe$$ore: cui acceptum feras quicquid hîc aut ad Gr\li{ae}cum exem\bold{<?>}plar, aut alio-\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1071 qui doctè re$titutum uideris. Adiecimus Phænomena, S\bold{@}ecularia, Pro-\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1072 theoriam Marini, & Data, argumentorum $imilitudine ind\bold{<?>}ucti. Quum\li{\bs´que} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1073 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1074 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1075 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1076 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1077 For unknown rather than unreadable characters please refer to \sect{section unknown characters}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1078 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1079 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1080 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1081 \subsubsection{Unknown Characters} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1082 \label{section unknown characters} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1083 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1084 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1085 If there is an unknown character in the text, add it to the numbered list of unknown characters. From then on, type its number whenever it occurs in the text, e.g. §<001>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1086 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1087 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1088 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1089 Before you create a number for an unknown character, first check whether \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1090 (1)~it is a known ligature (Latin: \sect{section latin ligatures}, Greek: \sect{section greek ligatures}), \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1091 (2)~it is a known symbol (appendix \ref{appendix list of all symbols}), \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1092 (3)~it is in the list of characters to be typed directly (\sect{section characters to be typed directly}), \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1093 (4)~there is a standard for typing it (\sect{section other diacritics}), or \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1094 (5)~it is already on the list of unknown characters. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1095 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1096 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1097 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1098 If the character is indeed unknown: Assign the number §<001>§ to the first unknown character, §<002>§ to the second unknown character, and so on. Do not assign the same number twice. Use this number to type the unknown character. Always use the same number if the same unknown character occurs again. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1099 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1100 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1101 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1102 Make sure that for a given text there is a single list containing all unknown characters, and that everyone uses this list. When the text is sent back to us, we will need a copy of this list. (See also \sect{section file conventions}.) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1103 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1104 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1105 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1106 For unreadable rather than unknown characters please refer to \sect{section characters you are unsure about}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1107 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1108 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1109 \subsubsection{Obvious Mistakes in the Text} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1110 \label{section obvious mistakes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1111 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1112 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1113 If you have reason to believe that there is a mistake in the text, use §<!>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1114 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1115 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1116 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1117 Do not silently correct the mistake. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1118 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1119 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1120 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1121 \begin{example}[$\!$: \, wrong numbering of anchored marginal notes] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1122 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1123 \vspace{-5mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1124 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1125 \bold{<mgl} a\bold{>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1126 \bold{<mgl} b\bold{>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1127 \bold{<mgl} c\bold{>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1128 \bold{<mgl} e\bold{><!>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1129 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1130 \end{example} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1131 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1132 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1133 \section{Latin Alphabet} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1134 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1135 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1136 \subsection{General} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1137 \label{section latin general} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1138 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1139 \subsubsection{Punctuation} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1140 \label{section latin punctuation} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1141 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1142 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1143 Type a space after the punctuation marks § . , : ; ! ?§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1144 Type a space before the opening brackets § ( [ § and after the closing brackets § ) ] § |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1145 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1146 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1147 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1148 Ignore superfluous and missing spaces before and after punctuation marks and brackets. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1149 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1150 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1151 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1152 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, normal punctuation marks]{montag_punctuation} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1153 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1154 \bold{<p>}Exempli gratia, $umemus quadratum. 3. $cilicet 9. quod in $ummam cum qua-\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1155 drato. 4. colligemus, nempè. 16. erit\bs'q; quadratum. 25. & ita quadratum. 6. hoc e$t.\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1156 36. collectum cum quadrato. 8. nempè. 64. efficiet quadratum. 100. ita etiam qua-\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1157 dratum. 9. hoc e$t. 81. coniunctum quadrato. 12. nempè. 144. producet quadra- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1158 \someText\bold{</p>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1159 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1160 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1161 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1162 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, unusual punctuation marks]{punktuation_2} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1163 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1164 $cindendus pannus uel tela: num id $ine cultro uel forfice faciet? num con-\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1165 $uet ullam ue$tem $ine acu? ne populus quidem tran$marinus pennarum\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1166 contextu corporis tegumentum faciet $ine \li{ij}$dem in$trumentis, nec pel-\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1167 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1168 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1169 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1170 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1171 \subsubsection{Hyphens} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1172 \label{section hyphens} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1173 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1174 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1175 If the line ends with a hyphen, type it. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1176 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1177 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1178 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1179 Hyphens at the end of a line can have different shapes. Always type a normal hyphen § - § regardless of its actual shape in the text. %Do not insert a space at the end of the line. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1180 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1181 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1182 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1183 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, normal hyphen]{hyphen_normal} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1184 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1185 Oportet autem arcum in maiore circulo datum non e$- |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1186 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1187 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1188 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1189 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, slanted hyphen]{montag_hyphen_single_slanted} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1190 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1191 æqualia. 4 Et $i ab inæqualibus æqualia demas, quæ relinquun- |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1192 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1193 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1194 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1195 \begin{sampleImage}[3: \, slanted double hyphen]{hyphen_doppelt_schraeg} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1196 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1197 RENSIS CLARISSIMI PHILOSOPHI, MATHEMA- |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1198 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1199 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1200 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1201 \subsubsection{Dashes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1202 \label{section dashes} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1203 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1204 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1205 Type the en dash – and the em dash — directly as Unicode characters. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1206 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1207 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1208 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1209 The en dash – (U+2013) is longer than the normal hyphen. The em dash — (U+2014) is longer than the hyphen and the en dash. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1210 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1211 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1212 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1213 \subsection{Characters} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1214 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1215 \subsubsection{Characters to be Typed Directly} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1216 \label{section characters to be typed directly} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1217 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1218 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1219 If a character with diacritics can be easily typed and encoded as a single Unicode character, type it directly. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1220 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1221 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1222 \mehrzeilen[-2] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1223 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1224 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1225 \begin{liste}[: \, characters that can be typed directly] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1226 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1227 \vspace{-4mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1228 \begin{longtable}[l]{c@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }l} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1229 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with acute accent} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1230 á & \xs{(U+00E1)} & é & \xs{(U+00E9)} & í & \xs{(U+00ED)} & ó & \xs{(U+00F3)} & ú & \xs{(U+00FA)} && \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1231 Á & \xs{(U+00C1)} & É & \xs{(U+00C9)} & Í & \xs{(U+00CD)} & Ó & \xs{(U+00D3)} & Ú & \xs{(U+00DA)} && \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1232 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1233 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with grave accent} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1234 à & \xs{(U+00E0)} & è & \xs{(U+00E8)} & ì & \xs{(U+00EC)} & ò & \xs{(U+00F2)} & ù & \xs{(U+00F9)} && \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1235 À & \xs{(U+00C0)} & È & \xs{(U+00C8)} & Ì & \xs{(U+00CC)} & Ò & \xs{(U+00D2)} & Ù & \xs{(U+00D9)} && \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1236 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1237 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with circumflex accent} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1238 â & \xs{(U+00E2)} & ê & \xs{(U+00EA)} & î & \xs{(U+00EE)} & ô & \xs{(U+00F4)} & û & \xs{(U+00FB)} && \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1239 Â & \xs{(U+00C2)} & Ê & \xs{(U+00DA)} & Î & \xs{(U+00CE)} & Ô & \xs{(U+00D4)} & Û & \xs{(U+00DB)} && \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1240 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1241 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with umlaut/diaeresis} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1242 ä & \xs{(U+00E4)} & ë & \xs{(U+00EB)} & ï & \xs{(U+00EF)} & ö & \xs{(U+00F6)} & ü & \xs{(U+00FC)} & ÿ & \xs{(U+00FF)} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1243 Ä & \xs{(U+00C4)} & Ë & \xs{(U+00CB)} & Ï & \xs{(U+00CF)} & Ö & \xs{(U+00D6)} & Ü & \xs{(U+00DC)} & Ÿ & \xs{(U+0178)} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1244 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1245 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with tilde} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1246 ã & \xs{(U+00E3)} & õ & \xs{(U+00F5)} & ñ & \xs{(U+00F1)} &&& \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1247 Ã & \xs{(U+00C3)} & Õ & \xs{(U+00D5)} & Ñ & \xs{(U+00D1)} &&& \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1248 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1249 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with cedilla} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1250 ç & \xs{(U+00C7)} &&&&& \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1251 Ç & \xs{(U+00E7)} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1252 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1253 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Common ligatures} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1254 æ & \xs{(U+00C6)} & œ & \xs{(U+0153)} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1255 Æ & \xs{(U+00E6)} & Œ & \xs{(U+0152)} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1256 \end{longtable} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1257 \end{liste} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1258 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1259 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1260 Type the character ſ (i.e. long s) as §$§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1261 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1262 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1263 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1264 The small letter i sometimes occurs without the dot above. Type it as a normal §i§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1265 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1266 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1267 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1268 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[$\!\!$: \, long s, dotless i]{height=8mm}{dotlessi_euclidclavius_13} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1269 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1270 o$tendit \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1271 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1272 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1273 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1274 \vspace{-3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1275 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1276 For the ligature §$t§ see \sect{section latin ligatures}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1277 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1278 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1279 \subsubsection{Other Diacritics} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1280 \label{section other diacritics} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1281 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1282 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1283 If a character cannot be typed directly but is a combination of a known character and a known diacritic, type \bs\,, then the diacritic, then the character. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1284 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1285 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1286 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1287 Use this method only if the character is not in the list in \sect{section characters to be typed directly}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1288 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1289 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1290 \begin{tabelle}[: \, how to type diacritics] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1291 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1292 \begin{tabular}{@{}ccc@{ }ccc@{}ccccc@{}} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1293 && circum- & umlaut/ && &&& dot\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1294 acute & grave & flex & diaeresis & tilde & cedilla &&& above & macron & breve \\[1mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1295 \hline &&&& &&&& \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1296 \'q & \`q & \^q & \"q & \~q & {\fontspec{Helvetica}{\c{e}}} &&& {\fontspec{Helvetica}{\.a}} & q̄ & ĕ \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1297 §\'q§ & §\`q§ & §\^q§ & §\"q§ & §\~q§ & §\,e§ &&& §\.a§ & §\=q§ & §\-e§ \\ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1298 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1299 \end{tabelle} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1300 |
8 | 1301 \begin{example} |
1302 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1303 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{aeqtildeles} |
8 | 1304 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1305 \vspace{-3mm} |
8 | 1306 \begin{typeLatin} |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1307 æ\bs~qles |
8 | 1308 \end{typeLatin} |
1309 | |
1310 \end{example} | |
1311 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1312 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1313 \k{e} (e with ogonek) and \r{q} (q with ring) are treated as ligatures; see \sect{section latin ligatures}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1314 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1315 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1316 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1317 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1318 \subsection{Type Styles} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1319 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1320 \subsubsection{Italics} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1321 \label{section italics} |
8 | 1322 |
1323 \begin{mainrule} | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1324 Use underscores §_ _§ to mark the beginning and end of words or whole lines in italics. Encode only up to a few lines of text this way. A whole paragraph in italics is marked by §it§ in the §<p>§ tag, i.e. §<p it>§. |
8 | 1325 \end{mainrule} |
1326 | |
1327 \begin{clarification} | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1328 This applies not only to paragraphs (\sect{section paragraphs}), but also to tables (\sect{section tables}), i.e. §<tb it>§, and pages (\sect{section page breaks}), i.e. §<pb it>§. If you use §it§, do not mark the lines with additional §_ _§ to indicate italics. However, within a §<p it>§ paragraph you can use §_ _§ to mark single words in upright type (see §_THEON_§ in example 2 in \sect{section figures}). |
8 | 1329 \end{clarification} |
1330 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1331 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{scale=0.25}{montag_kursiv2} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1332 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1333 C\bold{<sc>}AMPANI\bold{</sc>} \bold{_}annotatio\bold{_}. Habito minimo, $i cura e$t |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1334 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1335 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1336 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1337 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1338 \subsubsection{Bold Face} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1339 \label{section bold face} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1340 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1341 \begin{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1342 Use §<bf> </bf>§ to mark bold face. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1343 \end{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1344 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1345 \begin{example} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1346 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1347 \vspace{-4mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1348 This is a \textbf{bold} statement. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1349 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1350 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1351 This is a \bold{<bf>}bold\bold{</bf>} statement. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1352 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1353 \end{example} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1354 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1355 \subsubsection{Small Caps} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1356 \label{section small caps} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1357 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1358 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1359 If you can identify capital letters as small caps, use §<sc> </sc>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1360 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1361 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1362 %\begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1363 %If the font size of the small caps differs from the rest of the paragraph, ignore this. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1364 %\end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1365 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1366 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1367 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{scale=0.2}{small_caps_euclid_515} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1368 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1369 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1370 \bold{<p>}C\bold{<sc>}AMPANVS\bold{</sc>}. Sit datus trigonus\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1371 a: cui nos uolumus æquum quadra-\\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1372 tum de$cribere. De$ignabo $uperfici\bs\tld{}e \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1373 \someText\bold{</p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1374 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1375 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1376 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1377 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1378 %\mehrzeilen |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1379 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1380 \subsubsection{Subscript and Superscript} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1381 \label{section subscript and superscript} |
8 | 1382 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1383 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1384 Use §<_>§ and §</_>§ for subscript. Use §<^>§ and §</^>§ for superscript. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1385 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1386 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1387 \begin{example}[1: \, subscript] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1388 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1389 \vspace{-4mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1390 Assume that a$_1$ is negative. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1391 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1392 Assume that a\bold{<_>}1\bold{</_>} is negative. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1393 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1394 \end{example} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1395 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1396 \begin{example}[2: \, superscript] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1397 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1398 \vspace{-4mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1399 The square x$^2$ is always non-negative. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1400 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1401 The square x\bold{<^>}2\bold{</^>} is always non-negative. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1402 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1403 \end{example} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1404 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1405 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1406 Please be sure to distinguish between subscript and superscript. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1407 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1408 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1409 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1410 Numbers or other symbols in superscript may indicate a footnote (\sect{section footnotes}). Check whether there is a corresponding footnote somewhere. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1411 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1412 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1413 \subsubsection{Underlines and Overlines} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1414 \label{section underlines and overlines} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1415 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1416 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1417 Underlines, i.e. lines below characters or words, are marked by §<ul> </ul>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1418 Overlines, i.e. lines above characters or words, are marked by §<ol> </ol>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1419 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1420 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1421 % Examples (from the Formax questions: Cavalieri 1653: Special instruction was to use §{ 00 / }§ (p.0157) and §{ / 1 }§ (p.0354); now we tell them to use §<ol>§ and §<ul>§. But would this really be a good idea in a situation as in Cavalieri? The idea of overlines and underlines is that the letters look normal and there is simply a line added above or below the letters. In Cavalieri, however, the lines make the characters move up or down. $\to$ still a Special Instruction, and not a good example here.) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1422 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1423 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1424 \begin{example}[1: \, underlines] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1425 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1426 \vspace{-4mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1427 In this sentence, \underline{two words} are underlined. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1428 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1429 \vspace{-3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1430 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1431 In this sentence, \bold{<ul>}two words\bold{</ul>} are underlined. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1432 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1433 \end{example} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1434 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1435 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[2: \, overlines]{height=8mm}{overlines} |
8 | 1436 |
1437 \begin{typeLatin} | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1438 \bold{<ol>}DE\bold{</ol><^>}3\bold{</^>} ad \bold{<ol>}AC\bold{</ol><^>}3\bold{</^>}, ita Cohærentia \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1439 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1440 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1441 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1442 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1443 % Real overlines are rare in normal text. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1444 In mathematical formulas, an overline may also indicate a root (see \sect{section roots}). |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1445 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1446 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1447 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1448 \subsubsection{Text in Red} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1449 \label{section text in red} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1450 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1451 \begin{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1452 Text in red is marked by §<red>§ and §</red>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1453 \end{mainruleLessImportant} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1454 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1455 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1456 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=12cm}{red} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1457 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1458 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1459 \bold{<h it><red>}OMNES PERSPICVIS DEMONSTRA-\bold{</red>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1460 tionibus, accuratí$que $choli\li{is} illu$trati: nunc quartò editi, \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1461 ac multarum rerum acce\li{$s}ione post primam \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1462 editionem locupletati.\bold{</h>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1463 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1464 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1465 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1466 \subsubsection{Vertical Text} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1467 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1468 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1469 Type vertical text as you would type horizontal text. The vertical text is not explicitly marked as such. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1470 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1471 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1472 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1473 For an example of vertical text see the example in \sect{section large horizontal table elements}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1474 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1475 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1476 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1477 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1478 \subsection{Latin Ligatures} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1479 \label{section latin ligatures} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1480 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1481 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1482 Resolve easy ligatures silently. Resolve difficult ligatures too, but type §{§ and §}§ around them. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1483 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1484 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1485 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1486 Do not resolve æ and œ (see \sect{section characters to be typed directly}). |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1487 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1488 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1489 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1490 \begin{liste}[ 1: \, easy ligatures] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1491 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1492 \begin{tabular}{@{}lccccccccccc} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1493 upright & \lig{ff} & \lig{fi} & \lig{fl} & \lig{ffi} & \lig{ffl} & \lig{ſſ} & \lig{ſi} & \lig{ſſi} & \lig{ſt} & \lig{st} & {\fontspec[Ligatures=Rare]{Hoefler Text} \Large ct} \\[2mm] % siehe fontspec.pdf, Abschnitt "Ligatures" |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1494 italics & \lig{\textit{ff}} & \lig{\textit{fi}} & \lig{\textit{fl}} & \lig{\textit{ffi}} & \lig{\textit{ffl}} & \lig{\textit{ſſ}} & \lig{\textit{ſi}} & \lig{\textit{ſſi}} & \lig{\textit{ſt}} & \lig{\textit{st}} & {\fontspec[Ligatures=Rare]{Hoefler Text} \Large \textit{ct}} \\[2mm] % siehe fontspec.pdf, Abschnitt "Ligatures" |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1495 & §ff§ & §fi§ & §fl§ & §ffi§ & §ffl§ & §$$§ & §$i§ & §$$i§ & §$t§ & §st§ & §ct§ \\ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1496 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1497 \end{liste} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1498 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1499 \begin{liste}[ 2: \, difficult letter ligatures] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1500 \begin{tabular}{lllllllllll} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1501 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1502 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{ij_ligatur} & §{ij}§ && |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1503 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{is_ligature} & §{is}§ && |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1504 %\includegraphics[height=8mm]{ss_ligature} & |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1505 {\Large ß} & \textit{\Large ß} & §{$s}§ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1506 \\ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1507 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1508 \end{liste} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1509 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1510 %\newpage |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1511 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1512 \begin{liste}[ 3: \, difficult complex ligatures] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1513 \begin{longtable}[l]{lllllllllll} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1514 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{eogonek} & §{ae}§ \\ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1515 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{colnr} & §{con}§ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1516 \\ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1517 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{q3} & §{que}§ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1518 & |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1519 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{q3tilde} & §{quam}§ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1520 && |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1521 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{qmitslash} & §{quis}§ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1522 && |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1523 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{qmitkreis} & §{quo}§ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1524 \\ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1525 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{p} & §{pro}§ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1526 \\ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1527 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{longs_p_slash} & §{secundu}§ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1528 \\ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1529 \end{longtable} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1530 \end{liste} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1531 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1532 \begin{example}[1: \, words containing easy ligatures] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1533 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1534 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_fi} \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1535 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_st} \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1536 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_ct} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1537 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1538 \vspace{-3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1539 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1540 $cientificè \bold{_}stater\bold{_} effectibus |
8 | 1541 \end{typeLatin} |
1542 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1543 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{bsp_ligst_benedetti_13} \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1544 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_longsi} \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1545 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{bsp_ligss_benedetti_13} \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1546 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_longssi} |
8 | 1547 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1548 \vspace{-3mm} |
8 | 1549 \begin{typeLatin} |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1550 po$teris occa$ione e$$e Sereni$$imo |
8 | 1551 \end{typeLatin} |
1552 | |
1553 \end{example} | |
1554 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1555 \begin{example}[2: \, words containing difficult ligatures] |
8 | 1556 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1557 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{accessione} |
8 | 1558 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1559 \vspace{-3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1560 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1561 \bold{_}acce\li{$s}ione\bold{_} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1562 \end{typeLatin} |
8 | 1563 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1564 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_que} \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1565 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{duoque} \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1566 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_quod} \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1567 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{queogonek} \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1568 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{continuo} \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1569 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{probo} \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1570 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{longsm_secundum} |
8 | 1571 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1572 \vspace{-3mm} |
8 | 1573 \begin{typeLatin} |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1574 utriu$\li{que} duo'\li{que} \li{quo}d qu\li{ae} \li{con}tinuo \li{pro}bo \li{secundu}m |
8 | 1575 \end{typeLatin} |
1576 | |
1577 \end{example} | |
1578 | |
1579 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1580 \section{Greek Alphabet} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1581 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1582 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1583 \subsection{Characters} |
8 | 1584 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1585 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1586 Type Greek characters directly as Unicode characters. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1587 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1588 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1589 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1590 Type characters with diacritics as precomposed characters from the Unicode Greek Extended block, i.e. §ἀ§ as the Unicode character U+1F00, etc. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1591 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1592 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1593 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1594 \subsection{Punctuation} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1595 \label{section greek punctuation} |
8 | 1596 |
1597 \begin{mainrule} | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1598 The rules for Latin punctuation apply. In addition, type the mid-dot §·§ directly. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1599 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1600 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1601 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1602 For the Latin punctuation see \sect{section latin punctuation}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1603 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1604 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1605 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1606 The mid-dot §·§ (Greek ano teleia) has the Unicode codepoint U+0387. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1607 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1608 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1609 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1610 \subsection{Greek Ligatures} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1611 \label{section greek ligatures} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1612 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1613 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1614 Resolve letter variations silently. Resolve all ligatures and type §{§ and §}§ around them. If a ligature contains some diacritics, type them. |
8 | 1615 \end{mainrule} |
1616 | |
1617 \begin{clarification} | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1618 The acute accent above §ι§, e.g. in §{τί}§, may be vertical; in this case type it as an acute accent. In some ligatures the accent is not above the correct character; type the accent above the vowel (§α§, §ε§, §η§, §ι§, §ο§, §υ§, §ω§), e.g. §{μέν}§. In two-letter ligatures of two vowels, type the accent above the second letter, e.g. §{οὕ}§. In some ligatures the accent is not clearly visible; if the resolved version in the list contains an accent, type it. In Greek texts, the circumflex has two shapes (circumflex~§^§ and tilde~§~§); always type it as normal circumflex. Type the end-sigma §ς§ directly, i.e. do not treat it as a letter variation. |
8 | 1619 \end{clarification} |
1620 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1621 \newcommand{\phlk}[1]{\textphlk{\LARGE #1}} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1622 \newcommand{\phlktbl}[1]{\textphlk{\LARGE #1} & §\{#1\}§} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1623 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1624 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1625 \begin{liste}[ 1: \, letter variations] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1626 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1627 \vspace{-3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1628 \begin{tabular}{ccccc} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1629 {\Large ϐ} && {\Large ϖ} && {\fontspec{Rgreekl2} \large õ} \\[2mm] % U+03D0, U+03D6 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1630 §β§ && §π§ && §τ§ \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1631 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1632 \end{liste} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1633 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1634 \begin{liste}[ 2: \, two-letter ligatures] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1635 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1636 \phlk{αι} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ai} §{αι}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1637 \phlk{ἀν} §{ἀν}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1638 \phlk{αύ} §{αύ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1639 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1640 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{gE} §{γη}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1641 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{gr} §{γρ}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1642 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{gO} §{γω}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1643 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1644 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{di_A} §{δί}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1645 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{do} §{δο}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1646 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{dr} §{δρ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1647 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1648 \phlk{ει} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ei} §{ει}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1649 \phlk{εῖ} \, {\fontspec{Rgreekl2} \Large Ƭ} §{εῖ}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1650 \phlk{εν} §{εν}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1651 \phlk{ευ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{eu} §{ευ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1652 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1653 \phlk{ην} §{ην}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1654 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{En_G} §{ὴν}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1655 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1656 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{tha} §{θα}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1657 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{the} §{θε}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1658 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1659 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ko} §{κο}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1660 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1661 \phlk{λλ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ll} §{λλ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1662 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1663 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{mo} §{μο}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1664 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1665 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{pa} §{πα}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1666 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{po} §{πο}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1667 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{p-} §{πτ}§ \\ |
8 | 1668 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1669 %\phlk{έξ} \phlk{ἒξ} §{όξ}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1670 \phlk{όξ} \phlk{ὄξ} §{όξ}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1671 \phlk{ου} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ou} §{ου}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1672 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1673 \phlk{ρί} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ri} §{ρι}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1674 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1675 \phlk{σθ} §{σθ}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1676 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{si} §{σι}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1677 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{sk} §{σκ}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1678 \phlk{σσ} §{σσ}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1679 \phlk{στ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{st} §{στ}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1680 \phlk{σχ} §{σχ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1681 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1682 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ta} §{τα}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1683 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{te} §{τε}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1684 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ti} §{τι}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1685 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ti_A} §{τί}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1686 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{to} §{το}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1687 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{tr} §{τρ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1688 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1689 \phlk{υν} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{un} §{υν}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1690 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1691 \phlk{χρ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{chr} §{χρ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1692 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1693 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{psi} §{ψι}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1694 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1695 \end{liste} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1696 |
8 | 1697 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1698 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1699 Some two-letter ligatures have different shapes within a word and as a separate word, e.g. §{εν}§ as a two-letter ligature (table 2) and §{ἐν}§ as a word ligature (table 4). |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1700 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1701 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1702 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1703 \begin{liste}[ 3: \, ligatures of three or more letters] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1704 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1705 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{men} §{μεν}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1706 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{men_A} §{μέν}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1707 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1708 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{pro} §{προ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1709 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1710 \phlk{στί} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{sti} §{στι}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1711 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{sto} §{στο}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1712 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1713 \end{liste} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1714 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1715 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1716 \begin{liste}[ 4: \, word ligatures] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1717 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1718 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{apo_SL_G} §{ἀπὸ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1719 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1720 \phlk{γάρ} §{γὰρ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1721 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1722 \phlk{δια} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{dia_G} §{διὰ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1723 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1724 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{en_SL} §{ἐν}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1725 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{epi_SL_G} §{ἐπὶ}§ \\ |
8 | 1726 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1727 \phlk{καὶ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{kai_G} \, |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1728 \phlk{κι} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{and} §{καὶ}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1729 \phlk{κατὰ} §{κατὰ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1730 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1731 \phlk{μετὰ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{meta_G} §{μετὰ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1732 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1733 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{tEn_G} §{τὴν}§ \quad |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1734 \phlk{τῶν} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{tOn_C} §{τῶν}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1735 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1736 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{upo_SA_G} §{ὑπὸ}§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1737 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1738 \end{liste} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1739 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1740 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1741 \begin{sampleImage}{greek_text_with_ligatures} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1742 \begin{typeGreek} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1743 \bold{<h>}Πάππ\li{ου} τ\li{οῦ} Αλεξαν\li{δρ}έως Σ\li{υν}α\li{γω}\li{γῆ}ς \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1744 ἕβ\li{δο}\li{μο}ν.\bold{</h>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1745 \bold{<p>}Πε\li{ρι}έχ\li{ει} δὲ λήμμα\li{τα} τ\li{οῦ} ἀναλυο\li{μέν}\li{ου} \li{τό}\li{πο}υ.\bold{</p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1746 \bold{<p>}Ο καλ\li{ού}\li{μεν}ος ἀναλυό\li{μεν}ος, Ερμόδωρε \li{τέ}κνον, \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1747 κα\li{τὰ} σύ\li{λλ}η\li{ψι}ν ἰ\li{δί}α \li{τί}ς ἐ\li{στι}ν ὕλη \li{πα}ρε\li{σκ}\li{ευ}ασ\li{μέν}η, \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1748 \li{μετὰ} τ\li{ὴν} \li{τῶν} \li{κο}ινῶν \li{στο}ιχ\li{εί}ων \li{πο}ίη\li{σι}ν, \li{το}ῖς β\li{ου}λομένοις \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1749 \someText\bold{</p>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1750 \end{typeGreek} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1751 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1752 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1753 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1754 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1755 \section{Fraktur} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1756 \label{section fraktur} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1757 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1758 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1759 \subsection{Alphabet} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1760 \label{section fraktur alphabet} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1761 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1762 %(Note: This font ist Walden's recreation of Breitkopf Fraktur. As soon as I can use it with XeTeX, I will add a second Fraktur/Schwabacher font, probably Unger Fraktur. Variations: slimmer letters, umlaut with normal dots (ö) or lines (ő), proper capital umlauts (Breitkopf uses Ae where the letters are closer than normal A and e, etc.), capital J. Letter variation z with and without closed circle. Or is a second font unnecessary? An alternative would be to include real examples in different Fraktur fonts, for instance in the “alphabet” subsection, or even Special Instructions for \emph{each} text in Fraktur, which only shows a few lines of text plus transcription.) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1763 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1764 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1765 Mark single words or lines in Fraktur by §<fr> </fr>§. Mark paragraphs in Fraktur by §<p fr>§. Mark whole pages in Fraktur by §<pb fr>§. If the whole book is in Fraktur or mostly in Fraktur, simply type §<fr>§ at the beginning of the text before the first §<pb>§ tag. Type letters in Fraktur as normal roman characters. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1766 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1767 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1768 \vspace{2mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1769 \begin{tabelle}[: \, Fraktur alphabet] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1770 \begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1771 small letters & \fraktur{a} & \fraktur{b} & \fraktur{c} & \fraktur{d} & \fraktur{e} & \fraktur{f} & \fraktur{g} & \fraktur{h} & \fraktur{i} & \fraktur{j} & \fraktur{k} & \fraktur{l} & \fraktur{m} & \fraktur{n} & \fraktur{o} & \fraktur{p} & \fraktur{q} & \fraktur{r} & \fraktur{s <} & \fraktur{t} & \fraktur{u} & \fraktur{v} & \fraktur{w} & \fraktur{x} & \fraktur{y} & \fraktur{z} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1772 & §a§ & §b§ & §c§ & §d§ & §e§ & §f§ & §g§ & §h§ & §i§ & §j§ & §k§ & §l§ & §m§ & §n§ & §o§ & §p§ & §q§ & §r§ & §$§ §s§ & §t§ & §u§ & §v§ & §w§ & §x§ & §y§ & §z§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1773 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1774 capital letters & \fraktur{A} & \fraktur{B} & \fraktur{C} & \fraktur{D} & \fraktur{E} & \fraktur{F} & \fraktur{G} & \fraktur{H} & \fraktur{I} && \fraktur{K} & \fraktur{L} & \fraktur{M} & \fraktur{N} & \fraktur{O} & \fraktur{P} & \fraktur{Q} & \fraktur{R} & \fraktur{S} & \fraktur{T} & \fraktur{U} & \fraktur{V} & \fraktur{W} & \fraktur{X} & \fraktur{Y} & \fraktur{Z} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1775 & §A§ & §B§ & §C§ & §D§ & §E§ & §F§ & §G§ & §H§ & §I§ && §K§ & §L§ & §M§ & §N§ & §O§ & §P§ & §Q§ & §R§ & §S§ & §T§ & §U§ & §V§ & §W§ & §X§ & §Y§ & §Z§ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1776 \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1777 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1778 \end{tabelle} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1779 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1780 \begin{tabular}{@{}lccclc} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1781 umlaut \hspace{8mm} & \fraktur{ä} & \fraktur{ö} & \fraktur{ü} & \hspace{30mm} sharp s & \fraktur{ß} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1782 & §ä§ & §ö§ & §ü§ && §ß§ \\[1mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1783 & \xs{U+00E4} & \xs{U+00F6} & \xs{U+00FC} && \xs{U+00DF} \\ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1784 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1785 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1786 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1787 Umlaut may also be indicated by two dots above the letter as in normal roman font: \,\textswab{\Large "a "o "u}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1788 \end{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1789 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1790 \begin{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1791 If a paragraph in Fraktur contains single words in roman characters, they are marked by §<rom> </rom>§ (see \sect{section words in roman characters}) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1792 \end{crossref} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1793 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1794 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1795 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1796 \subsection{Ligatures} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1797 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1798 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1799 Resolve common Fraktur ligatures silently. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1800 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1801 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1802 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1803 \begin{tabelle}[: \, common Fraktur ligatures] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1804 \begin{tabular}{@{}lccccccccccc} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1805 separate & \fraktur{ff} & \fraktur{fi} & \fraktur{fl} & \fraktur{ft} & \fraktur{ss} & \fraktur{sf} & \fraktur{si} & \fraktur{st} & \fraktur{ch} & \fraktur{ck} & \fraktur{tz} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1806 ligatures & \fraktur{\tld} & \fraktur{[} & \fraktur{\{} & \fraktur{\_} & \fraktur{\%} & \fraktur{]} & \fraktur{\}} & \fraktur{|} & \fraktur{\#} & \fraktur{\$} & \fraktur{@} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1807 & §ff§ & §fi§ & §fl§ & §ft§ & §$$§ & §$f§ & §$i§ & §$t§ & §ch§ & §ck§ & §tz§ \\ \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1808 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1809 \end{tabelle} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1810 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1811 %(Lichtenberg 1803: additional ligature ll would be a Special Instruction) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1812 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1813 %(Does it make sense at all to list additional ligatures, e.g. §{der}§? In the book where it is used it is very common, although the normal §der§ is also used. But I have seen it only in this one book yet. Better as a Special Instruction?) |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1814 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1815 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1816 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1817 \subsection{Punctuation and Hyphens} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1818 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1819 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1820 The rules for punctuation, hyphens and dashes in \sect{section latin general} apply. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1821 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1822 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1823 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1824 The most common hyphen symbol in Fraktur is \fraktur{=}. It is also used in composite words. Do not type a space before or after the hyphen. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1825 \end{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1826 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1827 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1828 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1829 \begin{example} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1830 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1831 \vspace{-3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1832 \fraktur{Prie|er {\huge =} Despotie} \qquad \fraktur{.\, ,\, :\, ;\, !\, ?\, ( )} |
8 | 1833 \begin{typeLatin} |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1834 Prie$ter-De$potie . , : ; ! ? ( ) |
8 | 1835 \end{typeLatin} |
1836 | |
1837 \end{example} | |
1838 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1839 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1840 \subsection{Example Transcriptions of Text in Fraktur} |
8 | 1841 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1842 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[1]{width=12cm}{bernstein1216_672} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1843 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1844 \bold{<p fr>}Newton hat aber noch mehr entdeckt. Er hat durch Rech- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1845 nungen nachgewie$en, daß man genau aus der Umlaufszeit \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1846 eines Planeten bewei$en kann, wie $tark die Anziehungskraft \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1847 der Sonne auf ihn wirkt. I$t nämlich die Anziehungskraft \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1848 $tark, $o wird $ein Umlauf $chnell $ein; i$t die Anziehungs- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1849 kraft $chwach, $o wird ein Planet lang$amer um die Sonne \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1850 laufen.\bold{</p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1851 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1852 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1853 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1854 %\mehrzeilen |
8 | 1855 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1856 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[2]{width=12cm}{adams_29} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1857 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1858 \bold{<p fr>}Der innere we$entliche Unter$chied zwi$chen elektri- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1859 $chen und nicht-elektri$chen Körpern gehört zu den noch \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1860 unentdeckten Geheimni$$en der Natur. Nur $oviel i$t \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1861 ausgemacht, daß das leitende Vermögen der Körter eini- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1862 germaßen von der Wärme abhängt, oder durch die$elbe \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1863 verändert wird. Glas, Harz und viele andere elektrische \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1864 Körper werden durch die Hitze in Leiter verwandlet; da \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1865 hingegen die Kälte, wenn nur keine Feuchtigkeit dabey \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1866 i$t, alle elektri$che Sub$tanzen noch $tärker elektri$ch \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1867 macht.\bold{</p>} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1868 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1869 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
8 | 1870 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1871 \begin{sampleImage}[3]{cardano_226} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1872 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1873 \bold{<p fr>}Die weil aber nitt geleich volget wann $ie geberen/ daß $ie auch einerley \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1874 thier $eyend/ als in den ro$$en vnd e$$len be$chicht/ wöllen wir l\li{uo}gen ob die \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1875 $o gehoren $eind/ etwas verletzet werden/ wie die maul thier. Dañ $ie werden \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1876 auß zweyerley arten geboren. Wölche aber wider geberen/ die $eind auß ge \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1877 leicher art geboren/ als auß einem hund vnd fuchs. Wir mü$$end auch die \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1878 be$ondere würckungen ergründen/ als wann ein hund ein be$ondere nei- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1879 gung z\li{uo} dem menschen/ daß roß hatt $ein be$onder ge$chrey/ der pfauw ri- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1880 chtet $ein $chwantz auff in ein ring/ der men$ch i$t allein mitt vernunfft be- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1881 gabt.\bold{</p>} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1882 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1883 \end{sampleImage} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1884 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1885 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1886 The last example has a few peculiarities: There is a letter variation of the letter r in “gehoren” in the third line. The text contains both \textswab{\Large *u} and \textswab{\Large "u}, which are both transcribed as §ü§, whereas the “u with o above” is transcribed as §{uo}§. The slash “§/§” stands for the comma, thus there is a space after §/§ but no space before §/§ in the transcription. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1887 \end{note} |
8 | 1888 |
1889 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1890 %\tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1891 %\subsection{Type Styles} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1892 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1893 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1894 \subsection{Sperrung} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1895 \label{section sperrung} |
8 | 1896 |
1897 \begin{mainrule} | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1898 Words or groups of words in Sperrung, i.e. words with extra space between each letter, are marked by §<sp> </sp>§. |
8 | 1899 \end{mainrule} |
1900 | |
1901 \begin{clarification} | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1902 Do not type the spaces in the words in Sperrung. |
8 | 1903 \end{clarification} |
1904 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1905 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1906 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=12cm}{sperrung} |
8 | 1907 \begin{typeLatin} |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1908 \bold{<p fr>}Das Mei$terwerk, das der Men$ch mit zur Welt bringt, \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1909 i$t das \bold{<sp>}Auge\bold{</sp>}; das Kun$twerk, das er dem Auge ähnlich her- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1910 vorbringt, i$t die \bold{<sp>}Kamera-Obscura\bold{</sp>}. Wir wollen $ie nun \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1911 beide näher kennen lernen, um $ie vergleichend neben einander \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1912 $tellen zu können.\bold{<p fr>} |
8 | 1913 \end{typeLatin} |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1914 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
8 | 1915 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1916 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1917 \subsection{Words in Roman Characters} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1918 \label{section words in roman characters} |
8 | 1919 |
1920 \begin{mainrule} | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1921 Within a paragraph or whole page in Fraktur, single words in roman characters are marked by §<rom> </rom>§. A whole paragraph in roman characters is marked by §<p rom>§. |
8 | 1922 \end{mainrule} |
1923 | |
1924 \begin{clarification} | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1925 Words in Greek are not explicitly marked. |
8 | 1926 \end{clarification} |
1927 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1928 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1929 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=8cm}{rom_tag_3} |
8 | 1930 \begin{typeLatin} |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1931 \bold{<p fr>}Blume der Wie$en-Salbei \bold{<rom>}(Salvia \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1932 pratensis)\bold{</rom>} $chwach vergrößert.\bold{</p>} \\ |
8 | 1933 \end{typeLatin} |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1934 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
8 | 1935 |
1936 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1937 \section{Mathematics} |
8 | 1938 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1939 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1940 \subsection{Mathematical Symbols} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1941 \label{section mathematical symbols} |
8 | 1942 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1943 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1944 Type common mathematical symbol directly as Unicode characters. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1945 \end{mainrule} |
8 | 1946 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1947 \begin{tabelle}[: \, common mathematical symbols] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1948 \begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1949 symbol & ′ & ″ & ± & \unicode{∴} & ° & ∞ & · & ÷ & √ & Ŗ \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1950 Unicode & \xs{U+2032} & \xs{U+2033} & \xs{U+00B1} & \xs{U+2234} & \xs{U+00B0} & \xs{U+221E} & \xs{U+00F7} & \xs{U+00B7} & \xs{U+221A} & \xs{U+0156} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1951 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1952 \end{tabelle} |
8 | 1953 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1954 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1955 Type the Greek punctuation mark §·§ directly as Unicode character U+0387 (see \sect{section greek punctuation}). |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1956 \end{note} |
8 | 1957 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1958 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1959 \subsection{Fractions} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1960 \label{section fractions} |
8 | 1961 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1962 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1963 Type fractions in one line. Use § { / } § to mark beginning, fraction line and ending. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1964 \end{mainrule} |
8 | 1965 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1966 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{height=15mm}{fraction} |
8 | 1967 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1968 \begin{typeMath} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1969 à 3 \{1417203/9999999\}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1970 \end{typeMath} |
8 | 1971 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1972 If you are unsure whether this is a single fraction $\frac{1417203}{9999999}$, type it as separate fractions: |
8 | 1973 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1974 \begin{typeMath} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1975 à 3 \{1/9\} \{4/9\} \{1/9\} \{7/9\} \{2/9\} \{0/9\} \{3/9\}. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1976 \end{typeMath} |
8 | 1977 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1978 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
8 | 1979 |
1980 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1981 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1982 \subsection{Roots} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1983 \label{section roots} |
8 | 1984 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1985 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1986 Roots are marked by §<r>§. If there is a number or letter above the root symbol, type it within the §<r>§ tag, e.g. §<r 3>§. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1987 \end{mainrule} |
8 | 1988 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1989 \begin{clarification} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1990 Roots consist of a root symbol followed by an overlined mathematical term. The overline may or may not be connected to the root symbol. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1991 \end{clarification} |
8 | 1992 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1993 %Examples: roots with connected line, with unconnected line, without line (i.e. naked root symbol): e.g. Musschenbroek 1729, p.0624. Third root. |
8 | 1994 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1995 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1996 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[1]{width=10cm}{root_huygens2_218} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1997 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1998 \bold{<r>_}mm\bold{_} - \bold{_}o x\bold{_} + \bold{\{} \bold{_}ppxx\bold{_} / \bold{_}gg\bold{_ \}</r>}, ut oportebat. \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
1999 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2000 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
8 | 2001 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2002 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2003 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[2]{width=5cm}{root_belidor_p161} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2004 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2005 MP = y = \bold{\{ <r>}b\bold{</r>} b; \bold{/} 2 \bold{\}} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2006 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2007 \end{sampleImageSmall} |
8 | 2008 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2009 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2010 if the overline is missing, apply the root only to the character next to the root symbol. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2011 \end{note} |
8 | 2012 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2013 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2014 \begin{sampleImage}[3]{root_musschen_625} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2015 \begin{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2016 cetur A D aut D B, \bold{_}r\bold{_}. B G $it = \bold{_}x\bold{_}. eritque F G<^>q</^> = 2 \bold{_}r x\bold{_} - \bold{_}x x\bold{_}, unde \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2017 Cubus F G = \bold{<r>}2 \bold{_}rx\bold{_} - \bold{_}xx\bold{_}\bold{</r>} \bold{<001>} \bold{<r>}2 \bold{_}rx\bold{_} - \bold{_}xx\bold{_}.\bold{</r>} & Cubus A D = \bold{_}r\bold{_}<^>3</^>. qua- \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2018 re Cohærentia ba$eos A D C e$t ad eam ba$eos F G E uti r<^>3</^> ad \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2019 \end{typeLatin} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2020 \end{sampleImage} |
8 | 2021 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2022 \begin{note} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2023 if the root symbol is missing, use §<r>§ only if you are sure that it is indeed a root. Otherwise use §<ol> </ol>§ (see \sect{section underlines and overlines}). |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2024 \end{note} |
8 | 2025 |
2026 | |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2027 \section{Miscellaneous Symbols} |
8 | 2028 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2029 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2030 \subsection{Astronomy and Astrology} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2031 \label{section astronomy} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2032 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2033 %\tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2034 %\subsection{Astronomical Symbols} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2035 %\label{section astronomical symbols} |
8 | 2036 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2037 \begin{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2038 Type common astronomical symbols directly as Unicode characters. |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2039 \end{mainrule} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2040 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2041 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2042 \begin{tabelle}[ 1: \, planet symbols] |
8 | 2043 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2044 \vspace{-7mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2045 \begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2046 symbol & \unicode{☿} & \unicode{♀} & \unicode{♁} & \unicode{♂} & \unicode{♃} & \unicode{♄} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2047 Unicode & \xs{U+263F} & \xs{U+2640} & \xs{U+2641} & \xs{U+2642} & \xs{U+2643} & \xs{U+2644} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2048 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2049 \end{tabelle} |
8 | 2050 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2051 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2052 \begin{tabelle}[ 2: \, zodiac symbols] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2053 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2054 \vspace{-7mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2055 \begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2056 symbol & \unicode{♈} & \unicode{♉} & \unicode{♊} & \unicode{♋} & \unicode{♌} & \unicode{♍} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2057 Unicode & \xs{U+2648} & \xs{U+2649} & \xs{U+264A} & \xs{U+264B} & \xs{U+264C} & \xs{U+264D} \\[4mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2058 symbol & \unicode{♎} & \unicode{♏} & \unicode{♐} & \unicode{♑} & \unicode{♒} & \unicode{♓} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2059 Unicode & \xs{U+264E} & \xs{U+264F} & \xs{U+2650} & \xs{U+2651} & \xs{U+2652} & \xs{U+2653} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2060 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2061 \end{tabelle} |
8 | 2062 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2063 \tocspace |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2064 \subsection{Technical Symbols} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2065 \label{section technical symbols} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2066 |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2067 \vspace{3mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2068 \begin{tabelle}[: \, technical symbols] |
8 | 2069 |
10
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2070 \vspace{-7mm} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2071 \begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\ |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2072 symbol & \unicode{℞} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2073 Unicode & \xs{U+211E} \\[2mm] |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2074 \end{tabular} |
d7b79f6537bb
Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
8
diff
changeset
|
2075 \end{tabelle} |
8 | 2076 |
2077 |